1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
255 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
258 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
259 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
263 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
278 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
281 return (char *) shstrtab
;
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
286 unsigned int shindex
,
287 unsigned int strindex
)
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
294 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
296 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
300 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
302 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
306 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
312 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
332 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
347 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
348 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
350 /* Read the symbols. */
352 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
353 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
354 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
355 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
356 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
357 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
359 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
360 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
370 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
374 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
375 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
376 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
378 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
380 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
382 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
391 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
393 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
394 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
400 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
402 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
403 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
405 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
406 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
407 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
408 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
414 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
416 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
417 free (alloc_extshndx
);
422 /* Look up a symbol name. */
424 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
425 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
426 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
430 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
431 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
433 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
434 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
435 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
436 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
438 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
439 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
442 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
445 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
446 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
451 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
452 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
455 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
458 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
460 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
461 signature just a string? */
464 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
467 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
468 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
469 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
471 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
472 that it is a symbol table section. */
473 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
474 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
475 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
478 /* Go read the symbol. */
479 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
480 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
481 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
484 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
487 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
490 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
492 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
494 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
495 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
498 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
500 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
501 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
502 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
504 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
507 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
513 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
518 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
519 so we can find them quickly. */
522 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
523 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
524 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
525 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
529 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
532 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
535 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
537 /* Add to list of sections. */
538 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
541 /* Read the raw contents. */
542 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
543 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
544 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
546 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
547 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
548 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
552 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
553 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
554 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
556 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
557 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
564 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
565 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
568 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
569 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
570 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
575 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
576 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
579 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
586 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
590 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
593 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
594 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
596 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
597 section is a member. */
599 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
603 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
604 other members to see if any others are linked via
606 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
607 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
609 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
610 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
614 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
615 insert current section in circular list. */
616 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
617 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
618 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
624 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
627 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
629 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
630 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
633 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
635 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
636 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
644 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
646 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
653 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
656 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
657 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
660 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
661 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
664 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
666 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
667 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
668 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
669 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
672 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
673 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
674 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
675 bed
->link_order_error_handler
676 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
683 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
686 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
687 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
688 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
691 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
692 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
693 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
697 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
702 /* Process section groups. */
703 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
706 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
708 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
709 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
710 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
713 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
714 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
715 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
716 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
717 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
718 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
719 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
720 relocation sections are in section group in input object
722 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
725 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
726 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
727 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
729 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
730 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
731 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
734 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
742 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
744 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
747 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
748 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
751 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
752 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
758 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
760 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
762 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
763 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
767 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
771 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
772 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
773 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
775 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
776 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
777 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
779 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
781 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
782 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
783 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
784 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
787 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
788 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
789 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
790 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
791 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
792 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
795 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
798 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
799 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
800 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
802 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
804 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
807 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
808 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
809 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
811 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
812 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
814 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
815 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
817 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
819 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
820 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
825 } debug_sections
[] =
827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
828 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
829 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
830 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
831 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
832 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
833 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
834 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
835 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
836 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
837 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
838 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
839 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
840 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
841 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
842 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
847 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
849 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
850 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
851 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
852 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
853 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
857 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
858 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
859 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
860 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
861 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
862 all but one of the sections. */
863 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
864 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
865 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
867 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
868 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
869 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
872 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
875 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
877 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
880 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
881 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
882 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
883 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
884 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
886 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
889 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
891 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
892 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
894 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
895 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
896 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
897 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
899 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
900 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
901 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
902 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
903 place special significance on the address 0 and
904 executables need to be able to have a segment which
905 covers this address. */
906 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
907 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
908 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
909 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
910 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
911 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
912 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
914 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
915 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
916 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
918 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
919 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
920 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
921 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
922 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
923 segment will contain sections with contiguous
924 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
925 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
926 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
928 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
929 offsets whether a section with zero size should
930 be placed at the end of one segment or the
931 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
932 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
933 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
934 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
949 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
952 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
953 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
954 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
955 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
956 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
959 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
960 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
962 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
967 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
970 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
971 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
972 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
974 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
975 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
976 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
983 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
984 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
985 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
986 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
989 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
990 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
991 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
992 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
993 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
994 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
995 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
996 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
997 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
999 bfd_reloc_status_type
1000 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1001 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1003 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1004 asection
*input_section
,
1006 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1008 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1009 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1010 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1011 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1013 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1014 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1017 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1020 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1023 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1026 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1027 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1030 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1033 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1038 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1041 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1042 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1043 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1044 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1045 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1047 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1049 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1050 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1051 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1052 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1054 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1055 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1058 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1059 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1060 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1065 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1067 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1068 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1069 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1072 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1075 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1079 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1081 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1082 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1085 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1086 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1087 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1089 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1090 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1091 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1101 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1125 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1127 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1132 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1134 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1136 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1141 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1144 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1146 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1148 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1150 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1151 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1153 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1155 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1165 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1169 unsigned long shlink
;
1170 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1174 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1179 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1182 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1184 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1185 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1188 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1189 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1194 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1196 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1198 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1205 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1209 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1264 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1269 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1271 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1275 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1277 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1280 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1300 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1303 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1304 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1305 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1311 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1315 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1325 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1330 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1333 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1334 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1335 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1359 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1362 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1364 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1368 const char *section_name
;
1369 const char *name
= NULL
;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1371 unsigned char st_other
;
1374 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1376 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1377 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1378 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1382 name
= symbol
->name
;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1386 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1392 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1394 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1402 unsigned int vernum
;
1403 const char *version_string
;
1405 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1408 version_string
= "";
1409 else if (vernum
== 1)
1410 version_string
= "Base";
1411 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1418 version_string
= "";
1419 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1425 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1427 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1429 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1442 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1443 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1460 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1463 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1469 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1471 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1472 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1473 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1476 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1480 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1485 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1486 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1490 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1492 /* Set local fields. */
1495 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1496 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1497 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1498 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1499 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1500 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1501 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1502 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1509 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1510 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1513 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1517 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1519 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1520 symbol which just became indirect. */
1522 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1523 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1524 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1525 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1526 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1527 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1529 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1532 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1533 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1534 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1535 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1537 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1538 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1539 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1540 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1543 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1545 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1546 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1547 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1548 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1551 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1553 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1554 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1555 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1556 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1558 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1563 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1564 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1565 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1567 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1571 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1572 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1575 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1581 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1584 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1585 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1587 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1588 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1590 unsigned int entsize
)
1593 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1595 memset (table
, 0, sizeof * table
);
1596 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1597 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1598 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1599 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1600 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1601 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1603 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1604 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1609 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1611 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1612 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1614 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1615 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1617 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1621 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1622 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1631 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1632 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1633 entry for a dynamic object. */
1636 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1638 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1639 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1640 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1644 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1647 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1648 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1649 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1656 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
1658 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1659 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1660 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1663 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1664 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1666 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1667 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1668 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1670 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1672 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1675 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1676 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1678 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1679 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1680 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1682 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1684 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1687 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1688 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1689 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1692 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1694 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1695 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1696 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1700 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1701 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1704 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1705 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1708 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1710 unsigned long shlink
;
1711 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1713 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1717 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1718 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1721 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1722 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1725 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1728 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1732 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1734 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1735 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1738 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1739 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1741 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1743 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1745 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1748 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1751 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1752 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1755 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1760 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1781 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1783 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1784 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1786 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1788 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1793 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1794 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1795 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1797 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1804 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1806 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1809 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1811 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1812 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1813 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1816 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1817 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1822 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1825 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1828 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1829 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1830 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1831 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1832 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1833 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1834 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1835 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1836 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1837 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1839 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1840 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1842 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1843 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1845 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1849 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1850 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1851 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1852 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1854 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1855 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1859 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1861 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1862 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1864 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1865 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1867 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1875 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1876 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1879 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1881 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1882 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1884 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1885 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1887 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1888 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1889 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1890 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1891 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1893 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1894 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1895 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1899 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1900 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1901 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1902 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1904 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1906 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1907 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1909 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1910 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1911 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1915 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1917 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1918 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1919 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1923 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1927 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1928 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1931 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1933 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1934 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1935 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1936 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1937 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1939 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1940 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1941 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1943 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1944 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1947 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1948 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1949 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1950 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1953 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1954 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1956 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1958 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1959 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1962 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1965 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1972 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1973 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1974 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1975 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1977 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1981 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1982 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1983 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1984 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1986 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1988 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1989 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1992 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1994 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1997 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1999 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2001 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2002 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2006 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2010 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2012 asection
*target_sect
;
2013 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2014 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2017 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2018 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2021 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2022 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2023 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2025 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2026 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2027 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2028 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2032 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2033 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2034 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2035 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2036 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2037 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2038 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2039 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2040 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2046 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2048 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2049 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2060 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2063 /* Get the symbol table. */
2064 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2065 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2066 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2069 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2070 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2071 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2072 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2073 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2074 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2075 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2076 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2077 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2078 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2079 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2080 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2081 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2084 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2086 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2087 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2090 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2091 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2092 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2096 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2097 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2098 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2099 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2102 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2103 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2104 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2105 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2106 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2107 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2108 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2109 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2110 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2111 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2115 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2116 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2117 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2118 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2120 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2121 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2123 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2124 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2125 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2127 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2128 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2130 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2136 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2137 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2139 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2141 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2144 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2146 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2148 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2149 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2152 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2153 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2154 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2156 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2158 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2159 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2160 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2162 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2169 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2170 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2173 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2175 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2176 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2177 for applications? */
2178 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2179 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2180 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2181 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2183 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2184 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2187 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2188 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2189 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2190 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2191 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2193 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2194 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2196 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2197 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2198 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2199 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2200 be rejected with an error message. */
2201 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2202 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2204 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2206 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2207 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2210 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2211 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2212 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2213 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2221 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2222 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2225 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2226 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2228 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2231 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2232 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2233 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2234 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2236 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2237 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2239 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2240 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2241 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2244 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2246 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2249 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2250 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2251 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2252 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2255 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2257 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2259 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2262 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2266 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2268 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2270 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2273 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2275 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2276 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2279 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2281 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2282 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2285 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2287 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2288 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2289 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2290 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2291 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2292 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2293 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2294 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2295 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2296 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2297 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2300 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2302 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2304 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2307 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2309 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2313 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2314 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2315 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2316 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2317 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2320 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2323 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2326 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2328 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2329 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2330 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2331 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2334 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2336 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2337 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2340 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2342 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2343 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2344 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2347 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2349 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2350 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2351 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2354 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2356 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2357 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2358 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2359 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2360 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2365 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2366 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2367 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2368 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2369 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2370 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2371 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2374 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2376 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2377 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2378 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2379 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2382 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2384 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2385 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2386 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2388 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2389 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2390 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2391 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2394 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2396 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2398 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2400 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2401 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2402 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2405 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2406 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2407 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2413 len
= strlen (name
);
2415 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2418 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2420 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2422 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2425 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2426 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2428 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2430 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2432 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2433 && (suffix_len
== -2
2434 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2440 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2442 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2443 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2453 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2454 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2457 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2458 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2460 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2461 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2464 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2465 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2468 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2469 bed
->special_sections
,
2475 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2478 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2479 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2482 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2487 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2491 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2493 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2494 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2495 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2497 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2500 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2503 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2506 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2508 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2510 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2511 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2512 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2513 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2514 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2515 elf_fake_sections. */
2516 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2517 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2519 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2522 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2523 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2527 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2530 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2532 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2533 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2534 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2535 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2537 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2538 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2539 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2540 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2541 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2542 of combined data+bss.
2544 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2545 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2546 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2547 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2548 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2553 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2554 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2556 const char *typename
)
2564 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2565 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2566 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2567 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2568 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2569 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2572 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2573 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2574 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2576 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2577 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2578 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2579 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2580 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2581 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2582 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2584 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2585 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2586 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2588 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2590 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2593 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2595 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2600 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2601 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2602 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2605 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2606 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2607 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2609 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2610 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2611 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2612 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2614 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2615 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2616 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2618 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2619 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2626 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2630 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2633 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2636 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2639 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2645 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2647 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2652 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2655 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2657 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2658 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2668 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2669 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2670 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2674 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2675 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2676 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2679 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2680 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2682 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2686 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2688 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2691 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2693 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2695 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2697 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2698 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2699 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2700 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2701 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2702 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2703 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2704 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2705 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2710 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2713 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2715 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2716 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2717 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2721 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2726 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2728 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2729 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2730 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2736 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2738 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2739 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2740 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2742 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2744 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2745 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2746 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2747 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2748 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2749 copy_private_section_data. */
2751 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2752 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2754 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2756 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2758 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2759 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2760 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2761 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2762 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2763 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2765 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2768 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2774 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2775 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2776 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2783 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2787 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2791 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2795 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2796 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2800 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2801 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2804 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2805 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2808 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2809 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2810 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2811 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2813 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2814 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2816 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2817 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2820 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2821 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2822 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2823 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2825 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2826 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2828 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2829 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2833 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2837 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2841 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2842 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2843 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2844 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2845 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2846 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2847 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2849 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2850 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2851 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2852 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2854 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2855 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2856 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2858 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2859 if (asect
->size
== 0
2860 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2862 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2864 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2867 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2868 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2869 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2874 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2875 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2876 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2879 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2880 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2881 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2882 create the other. */
2883 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2884 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2885 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2891 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2894 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2896 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2897 unsigned long symindx
;
2898 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2902 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2904 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2909 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2910 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2914 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2915 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2916 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2917 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2919 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2921 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2923 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2925 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2928 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2930 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2931 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2932 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2939 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2941 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2942 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2943 start of the input section group. */
2944 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2946 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2947 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2948 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2949 directives, not that it matters. */
2958 s
= s
->output_section
;
2961 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2962 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2963 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2968 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2971 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2974 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2975 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2976 in here too, while we're at it. */
2979 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2981 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2983 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2984 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2985 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2989 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2991 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2992 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2994 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2995 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2997 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2999 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3001 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3003 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3004 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3005 abfd
->section_count
--;
3009 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3010 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3011 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3017 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3019 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3021 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3023 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3024 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3025 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3027 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3028 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3032 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3033 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3034 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3035 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3040 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3041 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3042 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3043 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3049 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3050 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3051 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3052 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3053 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3055 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3057 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3058 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3059 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3060 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3061 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3063 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3064 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3065 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3066 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3067 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3068 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3069 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3072 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3073 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3074 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3075 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3078 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3079 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3081 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3082 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3083 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3084 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3086 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3088 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3089 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3092 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3093 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3095 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3099 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3101 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3102 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3104 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3105 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3107 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3108 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3110 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3111 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3114 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3116 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3120 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3121 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3122 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3123 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3124 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3126 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3128 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3129 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3130 the relocation entries apply. */
3131 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3133 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3134 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3136 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3138 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3139 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3142 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3143 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3145 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3148 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3149 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3151 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3152 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3155 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3156 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3157 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3159 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3160 size as the discarded one. */
3161 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3164 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3170 s
= s
->output_section
;
3171 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3175 /* Handle objcopy. */
3176 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3178 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3179 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3180 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3181 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3184 s
= s
->output_section
;
3186 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3191 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3192 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3193 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3195 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3196 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3197 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3198 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3199 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3204 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3208 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3209 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3210 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3211 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3212 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3213 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3214 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3216 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3218 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3220 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3224 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3226 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3230 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3231 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3232 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3233 field to point to this section. */
3234 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3235 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3240 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3241 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3244 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3245 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3246 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3250 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3252 /* This is a .stab section. */
3253 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3254 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3255 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3262 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3263 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3264 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3265 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3267 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3269 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3272 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3273 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3275 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3277 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3278 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3280 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3285 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3286 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3287 this hash table or version table is for. */
3288 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3290 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3294 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3298 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3299 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3300 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3302 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3303 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3307 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3308 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3311 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3313 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3314 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3315 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3316 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3318 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3319 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3320 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3323 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3324 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3325 special sections. */
3328 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3330 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3332 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3333 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3334 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3338 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3340 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3341 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3342 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3343 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3344 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3345 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3346 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3353 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3357 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3359 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3360 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3364 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3365 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3367 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3368 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3370 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3371 decided to output. */
3372 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3374 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3376 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3377 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3379 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3381 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3382 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3384 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3388 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3389 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3391 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3393 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3399 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3400 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3401 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3402 at least in that case. */
3403 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3405 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3407 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3414 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3415 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3417 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3420 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3422 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3425 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3427 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3430 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3432 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3434 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3436 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3438 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3441 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3442 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3445 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3447 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3451 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3453 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3454 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3458 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3459 ELF data structure. */
3461 static inline file_ptr
3462 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3464 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3467 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3468 required section alignment. */
3471 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3479 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3481 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3483 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3484 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3485 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3486 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3487 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3491 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3492 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3493 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3496 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3497 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3499 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3501 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3504 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3507 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3508 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3509 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3511 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3514 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3515 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3516 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3519 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3523 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3526 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3527 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3529 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3530 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3532 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3536 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3538 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3543 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3544 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3545 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3546 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3547 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3548 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3549 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3550 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3551 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3552 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3553 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3555 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3558 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3561 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3563 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3565 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3566 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3568 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3569 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3570 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3572 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3573 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3575 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3577 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3579 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3580 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3582 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3585 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3590 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3591 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3593 static bfd_size_type
3594 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3598 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3600 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3601 and one for data. */
3604 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3605 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3607 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3608 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3609 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3614 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3616 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3619 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3621 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3622 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3627 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3629 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3633 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3635 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3639 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3641 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3642 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3644 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3649 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3651 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3653 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3659 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3660 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3661 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3665 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3671 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3674 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3676 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3677 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3678 asection
**sections
,
3683 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3688 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3689 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3690 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3694 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3695 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3696 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3697 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3699 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3701 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3702 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3703 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3709 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3712 struct elf_segment_map
*
3713 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3715 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3717 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3721 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3723 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3728 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3731 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3733 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3736 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3737 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3738 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3739 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3741 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3744 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3746 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3748 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3749 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3750 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3752 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3756 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3758 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3764 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3765 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3767 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3774 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3777 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3780 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3781 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3782 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3784 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3785 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3789 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3790 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3793 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3794 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3796 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3797 bfd_boolean writable
;
3799 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3800 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3803 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3805 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3806 if (sections
== NULL
)
3810 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3812 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3818 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3821 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3823 /* Build the mapping. */
3828 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3829 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3831 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3832 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3834 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3835 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3839 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3840 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3841 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3842 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3843 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3848 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3849 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3853 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3861 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3862 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3863 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3867 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3869 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3871 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3874 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3875 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3876 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3877 program headers we will need. */
3880 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3882 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3883 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3884 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3885 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3886 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3887 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3890 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3893 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3897 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3900 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3902 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3903 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3904 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3906 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3908 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3909 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3913 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3914 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3916 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3917 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3920 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3921 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3923 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3924 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3925 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3928 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3930 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3931 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3932 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3933 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3936 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3937 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3938 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3939 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3941 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3942 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3943 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3944 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3945 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3946 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3947 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3952 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3953 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3956 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3957 if (last_hdr
&& info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
)
3958 new_segment
= info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
, last_hdr
, new_segment
);
3962 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3965 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3966 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3967 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3968 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3974 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3975 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3977 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3984 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3990 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3991 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3992 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3996 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3999 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4000 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4002 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4010 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4013 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4020 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4021 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4022 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4023 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4024 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4025 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4027 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4028 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4030 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4031 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4035 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4042 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4050 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4055 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4056 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4057 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4062 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4063 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4065 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4066 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4068 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4069 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4070 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4077 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4079 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4080 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4081 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4083 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4084 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4088 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4090 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4096 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4098 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4099 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4103 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4104 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4105 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4111 if (dynsec
!= NULL
&& elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4113 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4114 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4115 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4116 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4120 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4122 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4129 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4132 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4135 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4137 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4142 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4147 /* Sort sections by address. */
4150 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4152 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4153 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4154 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4156 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4157 place the section into a segment. */
4158 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4160 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4163 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4164 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4165 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4167 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4170 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4172 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4178 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4179 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4180 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4181 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4186 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4191 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4192 before others at the same address. */
4194 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4195 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4202 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4205 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4207 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4208 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4209 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4210 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4211 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4214 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4215 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4217 /* In other words, something like:
4219 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4220 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4221 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4222 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4224 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4226 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4229 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4231 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4234 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4235 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4239 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4240 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4243 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4244 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4245 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4247 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4251 if (link_info
== NULL
4252 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4256 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4259 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4260 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4261 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4263 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4264 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4266 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4267 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4271 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4275 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4276 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4281 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4282 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4284 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4285 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4287 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4293 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4294 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4295 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4296 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4297 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4299 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4300 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4301 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4304 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4305 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4306 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4307 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4308 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4309 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4310 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4312 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4313 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4318 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4320 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4321 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4322 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4325 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4327 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4328 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4330 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4331 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4332 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4333 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4334 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4335 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4336 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4338 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4339 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4341 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4343 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4344 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4345 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4346 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4350 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4353 bfd_size_type align
;
4355 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4357 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4361 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4363 unsigned int secalign
;
4365 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4366 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4367 align_power
= secalign
;
4369 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4370 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4371 align
= maxpagesize
;
4374 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4377 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4378 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4379 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4381 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4382 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4383 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4384 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4385 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4386 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4388 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
4389 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4391 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4395 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4401 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4402 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4403 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4405 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4408 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4418 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4420 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4422 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4423 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4426 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4428 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4430 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4431 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4433 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4438 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4443 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4445 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4448 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4450 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4454 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4455 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4456 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4457 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4461 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4462 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4465 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4466 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4468 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4469 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4474 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4475 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4476 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4480 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4481 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4482 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4483 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4484 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4485 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4489 bfd_size_type align
;
4493 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4495 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4496 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4498 bfd_signed_vma adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4500 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4501 || ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4502 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4503 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)))
4507 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4508 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4509 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4512 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4514 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4517 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4522 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4524 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4530 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4536 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4545 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4547 sec
->filepos
= off
+ voff
;
4548 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4549 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4550 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4551 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4552 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4553 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4554 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4555 people do this. The data statement results in a
4556 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4557 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4558 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4559 section with contents to the output. Make room
4560 here for the write, so that following segments are
4562 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4563 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4567 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4569 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4570 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4573 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4575 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4576 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4577 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4578 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4580 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4582 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4584 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4586 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4589 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4591 else if (align
> p
->p_align
4592 && !m
->p_align_valid
4593 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4594 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4598 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4601 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4603 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4609 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4613 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4616 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4617 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4619 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4622 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4623 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4624 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4625 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4626 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4628 unsigned int num_sec
;
4632 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4633 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4634 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4635 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4637 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4638 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4641 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4642 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4643 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4644 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4645 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4646 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4648 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4649 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4650 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4652 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4654 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4655 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4656 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4657 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4660 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4662 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4665 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4666 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4667 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4668 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4669 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4670 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4672 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4674 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4676 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4677 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4681 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4682 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4686 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4688 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4689 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4694 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4697 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4699 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4700 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4702 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4704 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4705 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4706 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4708 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4709 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4714 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4720 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4721 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4723 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4724 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4726 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4727 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4728 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4729 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4730 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4732 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4737 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4739 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4740 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4741 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4743 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4745 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4746 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4747 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4749 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4751 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4753 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4755 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4756 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4757 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4758 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4759 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4763 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4764 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4766 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4767 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4768 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4769 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4770 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4772 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4776 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4777 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4788 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4789 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4790 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4792 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4793 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4794 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4795 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4796 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4797 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4798 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4800 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4803 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4804 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4806 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4807 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4811 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4812 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4814 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4815 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4819 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4820 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4822 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4823 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4824 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4825 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4827 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4830 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4831 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4832 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4833 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4834 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4836 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4839 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4841 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4843 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4844 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4852 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4853 assignment of sections to segments. */
4854 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4857 /* And for non-load sections. */
4858 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4861 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4863 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4867 /* Write out the program headers. */
4868 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4869 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4870 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4873 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4876 /* Place the section headers. */
4877 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4878 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4879 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4881 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4887 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4889 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4890 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4891 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4892 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4893 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4895 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4896 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4898 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4899 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4902 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4904 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4905 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4906 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4907 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4909 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4910 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4911 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4912 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4914 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4916 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4917 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4918 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4919 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4921 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4923 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4925 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4929 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4930 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4931 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4932 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4933 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4934 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4935 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4936 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4938 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4941 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4942 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4944 /* No program header, for now. */
4945 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4946 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4947 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4949 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4950 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4951 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4953 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4954 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4955 /* It all happens later. */
4959 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4961 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4964 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4965 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4966 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4967 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4969 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4970 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4971 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4972 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4978 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4979 of the loadable file image. */
4982 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4985 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4988 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4990 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4991 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4993 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4996 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4997 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4998 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5001 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5005 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5007 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5008 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5011 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5013 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5014 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5017 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5018 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5021 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5025 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5027 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5028 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5029 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5031 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5032 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5033 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5035 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5037 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5038 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5041 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5042 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5045 /* Write out the section header names. */
5046 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5047 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5048 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5051 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5052 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5053 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5055 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5059 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5061 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5062 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5065 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5068 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5070 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5073 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5074 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5075 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5077 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5079 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5081 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5086 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5087 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5091 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5101 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5105 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5107 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5109 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5111 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5112 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5113 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5114 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5115 input sections rather than the output section. */
5116 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5117 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5118 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5123 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5124 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5125 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5126 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5127 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5128 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5129 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5132 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5136 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5137 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5138 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5139 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5140 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5141 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5148 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5149 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5150 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5158 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5161 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5163 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5164 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5165 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5166 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5167 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5170 unsigned int num_segments
;
5171 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5172 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5173 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5174 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5175 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5177 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5178 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5181 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5183 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5184 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5186 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5187 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5188 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5189 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5191 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5192 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5193 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5194 ? section->size : 0)
5196 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5197 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5198 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5199 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5200 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5201 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5203 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5204 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5205 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5206 (section->lma >= base \
5207 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5208 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5210 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5211 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5212 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5213 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5214 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5215 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5216 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5217 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5219 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5220 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5221 p_memsz set to 0. */
5222 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5224 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5225 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5226 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5227 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5229 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5230 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5231 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5233 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5234 A section will be included if:
5235 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5236 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5237 2. It is an allocated segment,
5238 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5239 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5240 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5241 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5242 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5243 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5244 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5245 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5246 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5247 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5248 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5249 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5250 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5251 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5252 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5253 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5254 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5255 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5256 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5257 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5258 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5259 || (segment->p_paddr \
5260 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5261 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5262 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5264 && ! section->segment_mark)
5266 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5267 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5268 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5269 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5270 && section->output_section != NULL)
5272 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5273 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5274 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5276 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5277 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5278 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5279 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5280 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5282 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5283 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5284 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5285 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5286 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5288 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5289 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5290 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5292 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5293 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5294 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5295 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5296 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5301 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5303 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5304 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5305 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5307 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5308 assignment code will work. */
5309 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5313 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5316 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5317 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5319 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5321 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5322 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5325 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5326 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5328 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5331 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5332 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5334 if (extra_length
> 0)
5336 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5337 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5340 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5342 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5344 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5349 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5352 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5353 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5355 if (extra_length
> 0)
5357 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5358 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5361 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5366 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5367 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5371 unsigned int section_count
;
5372 asection
** sections
;
5373 asection
* output_section
;
5375 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5376 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5379 asection
* first_section
;
5381 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5384 first_section
= NULL
;
5385 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5386 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5388 section
= section
->next
)
5390 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5391 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5392 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5394 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5395 first_section
= section
;
5396 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5401 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5402 all of the sections we have selected. */
5403 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5404 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5405 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5409 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5410 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5412 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5413 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5414 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5416 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5417 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5419 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5421 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5422 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5425 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5426 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5427 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5428 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5430 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5432 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5434 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5435 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5436 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5437 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5438 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5440 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5441 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5444 if (section_count
== 0)
5446 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5447 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5448 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5449 a warning is produced. */
5450 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5451 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5452 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5456 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5457 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5462 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5463 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5464 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5465 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5467 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5468 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5471 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5472 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5473 of the first section.
5475 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5476 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5477 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5478 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5479 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5481 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5482 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5483 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5484 or segments to contain the other sections.
5486 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5487 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5488 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5490 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5491 to work around this long long bug. */
5492 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5493 if (sections
== NULL
)
5496 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5497 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5498 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5499 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5500 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5506 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5508 section
= section
->next
)
5510 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5512 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5514 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5516 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5517 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5518 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5519 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5520 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5521 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5522 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5524 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5525 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5526 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5529 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5531 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5533 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5535 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5536 LMA address of the output section. */
5537 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5538 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5539 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5540 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5543 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5544 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5546 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5547 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5549 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5551 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5552 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5556 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5558 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5560 if (isec
== section_count
)
5562 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5563 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5564 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5565 program header in the input BFD. */
5566 map
->count
= section_count
;
5567 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5568 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5570 if (matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5571 && !map
->includes_filehdr
&& !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5572 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5573 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5575 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5582 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5584 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5585 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5586 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5587 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5591 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5592 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5593 the LMA of the first section. */
5594 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5597 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5598 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5599 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5600 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5602 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5604 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5606 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5607 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5608 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5609 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5610 offset when we know the correct value. */
5611 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5612 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5616 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5617 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5618 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5619 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5620 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5621 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5629 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5630 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5632 section
= sections
[j
];
5634 if (section
== NULL
)
5637 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5639 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5641 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5642 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5644 if (map
->count
== 0)
5646 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5647 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5649 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5651 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5652 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5653 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5659 asection
* prev_sec
;
5661 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5663 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5664 and the start of this section is more than
5665 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5666 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5668 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5669 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5670 > output_section
->lma
))
5672 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5673 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5679 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5682 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5684 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5685 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5688 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5690 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5691 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5692 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5694 if (isec
< section_count
)
5696 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5697 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5698 and carry on looping. */
5699 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5700 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5701 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5708 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5709 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5710 not yet been assigned. */
5712 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5713 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5714 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5715 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5716 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5717 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5718 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5721 while (isec
< section_count
);
5726 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5727 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5728 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5729 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5730 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5731 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5734 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5735 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5737 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5739 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5740 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5741 the offset if necessary. */
5742 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5746 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5749 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5750 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5751 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5756 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5757 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5758 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5759 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5760 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5761 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5762 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5763 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5767 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5770 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5772 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5773 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5774 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5775 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5776 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5778 unsigned int num_segments
;
5779 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5781 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5784 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5786 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5787 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5792 unsigned int section_count
;
5794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5795 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
5797 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5798 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5801 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5802 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5804 section
= section
->next
)
5806 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5807 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5810 first_section
= section
;
5815 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5816 all of the sections we have selected. */
5817 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5818 if (section_count
!= 0)
5819 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5820 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5824 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5827 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5828 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5829 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5830 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5831 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5832 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5833 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5834 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
5836 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5837 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5838 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5839 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5841 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5842 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5844 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5845 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5846 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5847 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5848 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5850 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5851 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5854 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
&& !map
->includes_filehdr
)
5855 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5856 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((first_section
? first_section
->lma
: 0)
5857 - segment
->p_paddr
);
5859 if (section_count
!= 0)
5861 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5863 for (section
= first_section
;
5865 section
= section
->next
)
5867 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5868 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5870 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5871 if (isec
== section_count
)
5877 map
->count
= section_count
;
5878 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5879 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5882 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5886 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5890 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5892 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5893 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5896 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5899 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5901 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5902 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5903 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5904 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5905 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5906 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5908 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5909 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5910 section
= section
->next
)
5911 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5913 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5914 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5918 /* This is a different version of the IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5919 macro to the one defined in rewrite_elf_program_header(). */
5920 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p) \
5921 (p->p_type == PT_INTERP \
5922 && p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5923 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5924 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5927 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris interpreter program header
5928 needs special treatment, so we always rewrite the headers
5929 when one is detected. */
5930 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
))
5933 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5934 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5936 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5937 from the input BFD. */
5938 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5940 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5942 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5943 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5944 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5946 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5947 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5949 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5950 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5951 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5952 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5953 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5954 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5960 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5962 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5963 section
= section
->next
)
5965 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5968 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5971 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5975 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5978 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5981 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5985 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5988 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5989 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5991 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5992 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5995 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5996 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5997 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5999 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
|| !osec
->flags
)
6001 BFD_ASSERT (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6003 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
));
6004 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6007 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6008 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6009 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6011 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6012 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6013 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6014 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6017 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6018 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6020 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6021 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6022 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6023 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
6027 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6029 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6030 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6031 may be NULL at this point. */
6032 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6034 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6035 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6036 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6039 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6044 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6045 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6048 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6055 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6056 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6059 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6060 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6062 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6064 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6065 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6066 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6067 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6068 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6070 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6074 /* Copy private header information. */
6077 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6081 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6082 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6085 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6086 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6087 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6088 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6089 already been worked out. */
6090 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6092 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6096 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6097 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6098 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6099 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6100 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6102 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6103 asection
*s
= first
;
6106 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6108 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6109 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6111 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6120 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6121 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6122 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6123 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6124 swap_out_syms function. */
6126 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6127 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6128 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6129 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6130 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6133 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6138 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6140 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6141 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6144 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6145 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6149 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6153 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6154 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6155 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6156 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6157 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6158 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6160 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6161 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6162 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6163 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6164 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6170 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6173 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6174 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6177 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6180 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6181 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6182 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6183 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6184 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6185 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6188 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6190 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6193 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6194 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6198 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6199 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6200 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6201 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6202 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6203 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6204 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6205 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6207 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6208 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6210 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6211 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6213 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6216 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6218 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6219 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6220 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6222 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6223 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6224 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6225 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6227 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6231 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6232 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6233 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6234 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6235 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6238 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6240 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6241 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6247 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6248 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6249 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6250 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6251 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6255 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6256 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6258 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6259 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6261 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6262 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6263 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6264 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6267 if (!name_local_sections
6268 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6270 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6275 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6278 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6280 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6285 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6287 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6288 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6290 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6291 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6292 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6293 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6294 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6295 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6296 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6298 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6299 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6300 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6304 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6307 if (sec
->output_section
)
6309 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6310 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6313 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6314 if (! relocatable_p
)
6316 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6317 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6319 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6321 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6323 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6324 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6325 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6326 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6330 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6333 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6336 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6339 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6342 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6350 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6356 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6357 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6358 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6359 demand of applications. For example, it
6360 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6361 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6362 actually in the output file. */
6363 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6366 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6367 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6368 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6371 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6375 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6376 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6380 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6383 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6385 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6387 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6389 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6391 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6396 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6399 /* Processor-specific types. */
6400 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6401 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6402 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6403 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6405 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6407 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6408 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6410 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6412 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6413 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6414 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6415 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6419 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6420 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6423 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6425 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6427 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6429 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6432 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6435 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6436 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6440 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6441 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6442 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6443 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6447 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6448 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6450 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6451 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6452 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6453 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6454 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6455 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6460 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6462 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6463 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6464 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6467 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6471 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6473 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6474 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6476 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6482 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6486 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6488 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6490 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6494 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6495 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6497 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6503 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6506 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6509 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6512 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6519 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6521 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6524 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6525 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6526 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6530 return section
->reloc_count
;
6534 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6536 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6537 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6540 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6545 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6546 asymbol
**allocation
)
6548 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6549 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6552 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6556 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6557 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6558 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6559 dynamic reloc section. */
6562 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6567 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6569 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6573 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6574 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6575 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6576 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6577 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6578 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6579 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6580 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6585 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6586 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6587 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6588 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6589 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6590 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6591 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6594 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6598 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6602 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6604 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6608 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6610 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6612 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6613 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6614 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6615 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6620 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6622 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6624 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6635 /* Read in the version information. */
6638 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6640 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6641 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6643 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6645 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6646 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6647 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6649 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6651 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6654 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6655 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6658 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6660 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6661 if (contents
== NULL
)
6663 error_return_verref
:
6664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6665 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6668 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6669 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6670 goto error_return_verref
;
6672 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6673 goto error_return_verref
;
6675 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6676 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6677 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6678 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6679 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6680 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6682 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6683 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6686 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6688 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6690 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6691 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6693 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6694 goto error_return_verref
;
6696 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6697 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6700 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6701 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6702 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6703 goto error_return_verref
;
6706 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6707 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6708 goto error_return_verref
;
6710 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6711 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6712 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6713 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6715 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6717 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6718 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6719 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6720 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6721 goto error_return_verref
;
6723 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6724 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6726 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6728 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6729 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6730 goto error_return_verref
;
6732 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6733 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6735 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6736 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6739 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6740 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6742 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6744 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6745 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6746 goto error_return_verref
;
6748 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6749 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6756 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6759 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6760 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6761 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6762 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6764 unsigned int maxidx
;
6765 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6767 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6769 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6770 if (contents
== NULL
)
6772 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6773 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6776 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6779 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6780 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6781 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6782 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6783 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6784 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6786 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6787 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6789 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6791 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6793 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6795 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6796 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6798 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6799 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6802 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6803 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6806 if (default_imported_symver
)
6808 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6814 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6815 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6820 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6821 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6822 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6824 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6825 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6828 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6830 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6832 error_return_verdef
:
6833 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6834 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6838 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6839 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6841 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6843 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6844 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6847 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6848 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6849 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6850 goto error_return_verdef
;
6854 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6855 goto error_return_verdef
;
6857 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6858 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6859 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6860 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6862 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6864 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6865 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6866 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6867 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6868 goto error_return_verdef
;
6870 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6871 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6873 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6875 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6876 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6877 goto error_return_verdef
;
6879 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6880 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6883 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6884 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6886 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6887 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6889 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6891 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6892 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6898 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6905 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6906 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6907 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6910 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6913 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6914 if (default_imported_symver
)
6916 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6917 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6919 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6921 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6922 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6923 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6924 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6926 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6928 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6929 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6930 goto error_return_verdef
;
6931 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6932 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6933 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6934 goto error_return_verdef
;
6936 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6937 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6938 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6944 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6950 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6952 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6953 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6955 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6960 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6961 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6966 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6970 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6973 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6974 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6978 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6981 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6982 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6985 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6986 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6987 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6990 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6991 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6992 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6993 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6994 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6995 we treat such symbols as local. */
6996 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7003 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7004 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7011 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7012 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7013 unsigned long machine
)
7015 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7016 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7017 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7018 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7019 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7022 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7025 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7026 for error reporting. */
7029 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7033 const char **filename_ptr
,
7034 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7036 const char *filename
;
7037 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
7040 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7041 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7042 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7043 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7044 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7045 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7046 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7047 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7048 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7054 state
= nothing_seen
;
7056 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7060 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
7062 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7068 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7069 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7073 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7074 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7075 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7077 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7078 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7081 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7082 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7083 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7087 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7088 state
= symbol_seen
;
7095 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7096 if (functionname_ptr
)
7097 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7102 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7103 for error reporting. */
7106 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7110 const char **filename_ptr
,
7111 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7112 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7116 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7117 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7120 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7121 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7122 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7128 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7129 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7131 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7133 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7134 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7135 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7141 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7142 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7143 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7144 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7146 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7149 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7152 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7153 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7160 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7163 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7164 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7166 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7167 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7168 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7171 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7172 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7173 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7174 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7175 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7178 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7179 const char **filename_ptr
,
7180 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7181 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7184 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7185 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7186 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7191 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7193 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7194 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7196 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7198 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7200 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7202 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7205 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7206 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7209 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7212 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7220 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7222 const void *location
,
7224 bfd_size_type count
)
7226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7229 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7230 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7233 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7234 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7235 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7236 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7243 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7244 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7245 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7250 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7253 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7255 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7257 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7259 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7260 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7262 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7263 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7265 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7267 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7270 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7273 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7276 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7279 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7282 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7285 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7291 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7293 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7295 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7296 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7298 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7303 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7309 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7312 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7315 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7318 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7321 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7327 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7331 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7339 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7340 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7341 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7342 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7347 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7349 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7351 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7352 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7353 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7356 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7359 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7360 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7361 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7364 bfd_reloc_status_type
7365 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7366 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7367 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7368 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7369 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7371 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7374 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7375 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7376 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7377 out details about the corefile. */
7379 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7380 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7383 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7386 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7388 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7389 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7392 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7393 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7394 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7398 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7402 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7405 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7409 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7410 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7411 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7415 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7416 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7417 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7418 such a section already exists.
7419 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7420 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7421 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7423 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7429 char *threaded_name
;
7433 /* Build the section name. */
7435 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7436 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7437 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7438 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7440 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7442 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7447 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7448 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7450 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7453 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7455 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7459 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7462 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7467 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7471 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7472 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7473 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7475 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7476 has already been set by another thread. */
7477 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7478 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7479 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7481 /* pr_who exists on:
7484 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7487 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7488 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7491 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7492 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7494 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7495 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7497 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7498 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7499 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7501 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7502 has already been set by another thread. */
7503 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7504 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7505 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7507 /* pr_who exists on:
7510 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7513 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7517 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7520 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7521 note size (ie. data object type). */
7525 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7526 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7527 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7529 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7531 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7533 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7535 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7537 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7538 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7541 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7542 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7543 data structure apart. */
7546 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7548 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7551 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7552 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7556 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7558 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7561 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7562 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7563 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7564 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7568 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7569 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7570 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7571 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7575 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7576 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7577 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7580 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7583 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7591 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7595 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7601 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7603 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7605 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7607 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7609 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7611 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7612 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7613 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7615 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7616 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7617 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7619 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7620 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7622 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7623 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7625 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7627 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7628 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7629 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7632 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7633 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7639 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7640 note size (ie. data object type). */
7644 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7645 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7646 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7649 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7650 int n
= strlen (command
);
7652 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7653 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7658 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7660 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7662 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7664 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7665 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7666 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7672 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7674 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7676 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7677 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7679 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7682 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7684 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7687 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7688 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7689 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7693 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7695 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7697 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7699 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7705 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7706 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7707 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7712 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7714 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7717 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7719 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7720 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7721 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7724 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7726 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7730 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7731 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7732 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7733 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7736 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7737 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7738 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7741 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7743 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7746 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7748 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7749 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7750 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7753 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7755 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7759 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7760 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7761 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7762 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7765 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7766 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7767 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7770 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7772 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7774 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7776 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7778 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7784 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7786 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7789 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7791 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7793 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7794 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7795 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7796 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7799 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7800 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7801 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7803 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7804 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7808 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7810 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7814 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7815 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7816 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7817 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7818 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7820 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7821 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7825 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7826 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7827 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7828 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7830 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7831 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7835 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7837 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7842 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7843 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7844 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7853 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7856 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7858 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7866 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7867 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7869 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7870 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7875 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7877 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7880 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7882 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7885 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7886 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7888 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7889 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7890 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7893 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7894 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7895 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7896 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7902 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7903 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7905 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7906 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7913 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7918 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7919 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7920 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7928 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7932 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7935 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7942 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7945 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7947 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7949 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7950 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7951 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7953 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7955 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7957 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7962 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7966 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7967 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7969 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7971 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7972 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7973 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7974 creates a core file. */
7976 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7979 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7980 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7981 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7984 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7988 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7990 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7991 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7993 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7994 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7997 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7998 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8000 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8001 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8007 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8008 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8013 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8014 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8016 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8027 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8029 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8036 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8037 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8039 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8040 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8042 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8043 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8045 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8046 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8049 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8052 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8053 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8054 thread just in case. */
8055 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8056 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8058 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8059 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8061 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8066 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8070 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8071 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8072 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8074 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8078 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8079 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8087 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8088 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8090 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8095 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8099 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8100 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8101 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8103 /* This is the current thread. */
8104 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8105 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8110 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8111 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8112 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8113 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8116 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8118 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8119 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8121 static long tid
= 1;
8125 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8126 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8127 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8128 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8129 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8130 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8131 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8132 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8138 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8141 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8145 size of data for note
8147 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8148 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8149 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8150 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8153 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8156 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8164 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8171 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8173 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8175 buf
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8176 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8177 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8178 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8179 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8180 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8181 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8185 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8193 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8203 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8205 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8211 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8212 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8214 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8217 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8218 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8223 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8224 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8226 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8228 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8231 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8234 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8235 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8236 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8237 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8238 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8243 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8245 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8248 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8251 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8252 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8253 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8254 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8255 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8258 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8260 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8262 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8269 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8270 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8272 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8275 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8277 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
8282 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8283 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8285 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8287 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8288 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8289 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8290 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8292 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8299 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8300 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8301 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8302 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8303 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8304 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8307 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8309 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8311 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8318 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8319 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8321 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8322 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8323 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8324 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8325 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8326 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8328 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8329 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8331 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8332 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8335 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8336 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8338 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8340 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8342 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8346 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8347 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8349 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8350 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8351 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8353 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8357 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8358 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8359 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8360 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8368 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8369 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8370 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8371 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8375 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8378 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8384 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8385 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8386 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8390 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8393 const void *xfpregs
,
8396 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8397 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8398 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8402 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8410 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8413 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8417 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8425 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8427 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8428 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8429 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8431 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8433 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8434 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8436 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8437 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8438 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8440 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8442 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8445 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8447 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8452 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8456 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8463 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8465 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8466 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8467 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8470 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8472 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8478 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8481 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8482 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8483 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8484 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8486 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8487 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8490 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8494 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8496 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8500 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8501 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8502 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8508 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8511 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8513 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8514 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8515 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8518 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8520 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8521 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8523 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8524 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8528 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8531 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8536 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8541 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8542 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8543 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8546 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8548 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8549 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8551 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8552 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8556 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8557 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8560 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8564 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8565 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8567 return reloc_class_normal
;
8570 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8571 relocation against a local symbol. */
8574 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8575 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8577 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8579 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8582 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8583 + sec
->output_offset
8585 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8586 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8587 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8590 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8591 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8592 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8595 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8596 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8597 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8598 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8599 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8600 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8601 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8604 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8605 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8611 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8612 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8616 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8618 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8619 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8621 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8622 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8623 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8627 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8628 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8632 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8634 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8635 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8637 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8638 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8644 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8645 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8646 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8647 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8648 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8649 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8651 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8652 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8653 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8654 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8655 the remote memory. */
8658 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8662 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8664 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8665 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8669 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8670 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8671 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8676 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8679 const char *relplt_name
;
8680 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8690 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8693 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8696 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8699 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8700 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8701 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8702 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8706 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8707 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8708 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8711 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8715 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8716 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8719 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8720 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8721 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8722 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8723 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8725 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8729 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8730 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8732 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8737 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8738 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8741 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8742 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8743 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8744 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8745 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8747 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8749 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8750 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8752 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8753 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8760 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
8762 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
8763 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
8764 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
8767 struct elf_symbuf_head
8769 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8770 bfd_size_type count
;
8771 unsigned int st_shndx
;
8778 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8779 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8784 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
8787 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8789 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
8790 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
8792 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8796 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8798 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8799 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8800 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8803 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
8804 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
8806 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
8807 = bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
8808 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
8809 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
8810 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
;
8815 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
8816 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
8817 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
8820 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
8821 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8824 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
8825 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
8826 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
8829 ssymbuf
= bfd_malloc ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
8830 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
));
8831 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
8837 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
);
8838 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
8839 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
8840 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
8841 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
8843 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
8846 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
8847 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
8848 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
8850 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
8851 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
8852 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
8855 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
);
8861 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8865 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
8866 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8869 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8870 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8871 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8872 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8873 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
8874 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
8875 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8876 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8883 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8885 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
8886 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8887 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8888 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8890 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8891 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8892 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8895 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8898 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8899 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8901 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8903 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8907 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8908 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8909 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8912 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8913 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8914 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8915 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8916 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8917 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8919 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8925 ssymbuf1
= elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8926 ssymbuf2
= elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8928 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8930 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8932 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8935 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8936 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
8937 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8940 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8942 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8944 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8947 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8948 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
8949 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
8952 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
8954 /* Optimized faster version. */
8955 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
8956 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
8957 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
8960 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
8965 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8966 if ((unsigned int) shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8968 else if ((unsigned int) shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8972 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
8979 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
8984 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8985 if ((unsigned int) shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8987 else if ((unsigned int) shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8991 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
8997 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
9000 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9001 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9002 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
9006 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
9007 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
9009 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
9010 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
9016 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
9017 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
9019 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
9020 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
9025 /* Sort symbol by name. */
9026 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9027 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9028 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9029 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9031 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
9032 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
9033 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
9034 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
9035 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
9042 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9043 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
9044 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
9047 /* Count definitions in the section. */
9049 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
9050 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
9051 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
9054 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
9055 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
9056 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
9058 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
9061 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
9063 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
9064 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
9066 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
9068 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
9069 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
9071 /* Sort symbol by name. */
9072 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9073 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9074 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
9075 elf_sym_name_compare
);
9077 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
9078 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
9079 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
9080 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
9081 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
9099 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9100 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9101 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9102 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9104 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
9107 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
9108 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
9112 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
9113 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9116 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
9120 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9121 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9123 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9125 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9127 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;